blob: b81500f6afdd8da522d576933b85e3f7c750c788 [file] [log] [blame]
Tom Rini83d290c2018-05-06 17:58:06 -04001# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02003# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005
6Summary:
7========
8
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00009This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000010Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
11processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
12initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
13code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000014
15The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000016the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
17header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000018support booting of Linux images.
19
20Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
21configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
22implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
23add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
24code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
25load and run it dynamically.
26
27
28Status:
29=======
30
31In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000032Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000033"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
34
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050035In case of problems see the CHANGELOG file to find out who contributed
36the specific port. In addition, there are various MAINTAINERS files
37scattered throughout the U-Boot source identifying the people or
38companies responsible for various boards and subsystems.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000039
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050040Note: As of August, 2010, there is no longer a CHANGELOG file in the
41actual U-Boot source tree; however, it can be created dynamically
42from the Git log using:
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000043
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050051U-Boot, you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050061The U-Boot source code is maintained in the Git repository at
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010062git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000113
114
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
Jelle van der Waa0de21ec2016-10-30 17:30:30 +0100128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candidate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900135 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500136 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500137 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500138 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000140 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500141 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400142 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200143 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Rick Chen3fafced2017-12-26 13:55:59 +0800144 /riscv Files generic to RISC-V architecture
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500145 /sandbox Files generic to HW-independent "sandbox"
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500146 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400147 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500148/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
149/board Board dependent files
Xu Ziyuan740f7e52016-08-26 19:54:49 +0800150/cmd U-Boot commands functions
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500151/common Misc architecture independent functions
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500152/configs Board default configuration files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500153/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
154/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
155/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400156/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500157/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
158/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
159/include Header Files
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500160/lib Library routines generic to all architectures
161/Licenses Various license files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500162/net Networking code
163/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500164/scripts Various build scripts and Makefiles
165/test Various unit test files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500166/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000167
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000168Software Configuration:
169=======================
170
171Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
172rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
173
174There are two classes of configuration variables:
175
176* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
177 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
178 "CONFIG_".
179
180* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
181 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
182 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200183 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000184
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500185Previously, all configuration was done by hand, which involved creating
186symbolic links and editing configuration files manually. More recently,
187U-Boot has added the Kbuild infrastructure used by the Linux kernel,
188allowing you to use the "make menuconfig" command to configure your
189build.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000190
191
192Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
193---------------------------------------------------
194
195For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200196configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000197
198Example: For a TQM823L module type:
199
200 cd u-boot
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200201 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000202
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500203Note: If you're looking for the default configuration file for a board
204you're sure used to be there but is now missing, check the file
205doc/README.scrapyard for a list of no longer supported boards.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000206
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600207Sandbox Environment:
208--------------------
209
210U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
211board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
212specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
213run some of U-Boot's tests.
214
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki6b1978f2014-08-31 21:19:43 +0530215See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600216
217
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700218Board Initialisation Flow:
219--------------------------
220
221This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500222SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules).
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700223
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500224Note: "SPL" stands for "Secondary Program Loader," which is explained in
225more detail later in this file.
226
227At present, SPL mostly uses a separate code path, but the function names
228and roles of each function are the same. Some boards or architectures
229may not conform to this. At least most ARM boards which use
230CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this.
231
232Execution typically starts with an architecture-specific (and possibly
233CPU-specific) start.S file, such as:
234
235 - arch/arm/cpu/armv7/start.S
236 - arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc83xx/start.S
237 - arch/mips/cpu/start.S
238
239and so on. From there, three functions are called; the purpose and
240limitations of each of these functions are described below.
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700241
242lowlevel_init():
243 - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f()
244 - no global_data or BSS
245 - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed)
246 - must not set up SDRAM or use console
247 - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to
248 board_init_f()
249 - this is almost never needed
250 - return normally from this function
251
252board_init_f():
253 - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r():
254 i.e. SDRAM and serial UART
255 - global_data is available
256 - stack is in SRAM
257 - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables,
258 only stack variables and global_data
259
260 Non-SPL-specific notes:
261 - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this
262 can do nothing
263
264 SPL-specific notes:
265 - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own
266 version as needed.
267 - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis
268 - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work
269 - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S
270 - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r()
271 directly)
272
273Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at
274this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below
275CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of
276memory.
277
278board_init_r():
279 - purpose: main execution, common code
280 - global_data is available
281 - SDRAM is available
282 - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used
283 - execution eventually continues to main_loop()
284
285 Non-SPL-specific notes:
286 - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from
287 there.
288
289 SPL-specific notes:
290 - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and
291 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM
292 - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is
Ley Foon Tan0680f1b2017-05-03 17:13:32 +0800293 done by selecting CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700294 spl_board_init() function containing this call
295 - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux
296
297
298
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000299Configuration Options:
300----------------------
301
302Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
303such information is kept in a configuration file
304"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
305
306Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
307"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
308
309
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000310Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
311kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
312build a config tool - later.
313
Ashish Kumar63b23162017-08-11 11:09:14 +0530314- ARM Platform Bus Type(CCI):
315 CoreLink Cache Coherent Interconnect (CCI) is ARM BUS which
316 provides full cache coherency between two clusters of multi-core
317 CPUs and I/O coherency for devices and I/O masters
318
319 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_CCI400
320
321 Defined For SoC that has cache coherent interconnect
322 CCN-400
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000323
Ashish Kumarc055cee2017-08-18 10:54:36 +0530324 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_CCN504
325
326 Defined for SoC that has cache coherent interconnect CCN-504
327
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000328The following options need to be configured:
329
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500330- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000331
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500332- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200333
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600334- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000335 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
336
337 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
338 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
339 compliance, among other possible reasons.
340
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600341 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
342
343 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
344 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
345 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
346
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500347 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
348
349 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
350 tree nodes for the given platform.
351
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000352 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
353
354 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
355 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
356 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
357
358 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
359 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
360
361 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
362 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
363
364 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
365 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
366 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
367 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
368
369 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
370 this erratum.
371
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530372 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
373 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800374 required during NOR boot.
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530375
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530376 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND
377 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800378 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530379
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000380 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
381
382 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
383 according to the A004510 workaround.
384
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530385 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
386 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
387 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
388
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530389 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
390 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
391 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
392
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530393 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
394 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
395 connected to the DSP core.
396
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530397 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
398 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
399
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530400 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
401 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
402 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
403 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
404
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530405 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
406 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
Bin Menga1875592016-02-05 19:30:11 -0800407 time of U-Boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530408
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800409 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800410 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800411 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
412
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000413- Generic CPU options:
414 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
415
416 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
417 values is arch specific.
418
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700419 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
420 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
421 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
422 SoCs.
423
424 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
425 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
426
427 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
428 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
429 deskew training are not available.
430
431 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
432 Freescale DDR1 controller.
433
434 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
435 Freescale DDR2 controller.
436
437 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
438 Freescale DDR3 controller.
439
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700440 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
441 Freescale DDR4 controller.
442
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700443 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
444 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
445
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700446 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
447 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
448 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
449 implemetation.
450
451 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
Robert P. J. Day62a3b7d2016-07-15 13:44:45 -0400452 Board config to use DDR2. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700453 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
454 implementation.
455
456 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
457 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700458 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
459
460 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
461 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
462 DDR3L controllers.
463
464 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
465 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
466 DDR4 controllers.
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700467
Prabhakar Kushwaha1b4175d2014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530468 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
469 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
470
471 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
472 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
473
Prabhakar Kushwaha1c407072017-02-02 15:01:26 +0530474 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_CLK_DIV
475 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to IFC controller).
476
Prabhakar Kushwahaadd63f92017-02-02 15:02:00 +0530477 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_LBC_CLK_DIV
478 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to eLBC controller).
479
Prabhakar Kushwaha690e4252014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530480 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
481 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
482 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
483
484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
485 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
486 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
487 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
488
Prabhakar Kushwaha89ad7be2014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530489 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
490 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
491 concatenated with u-boot binary.
492
York Sun4e5b1bd2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800493 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
494 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
495
496 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
497 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
498
York Sun6b9e3092014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800499 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
500 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
501 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
502 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
503
York Sun6b1e1252014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800504 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
505 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
506 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
507 SoCs with ARM core.
508
York Sun1d71efb2014-08-01 15:51:00 -0700509 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
510 Number of controllers used as main memory.
511
512 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
513 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
514
Prabhakar Kushwaha44937212015-11-09 16:42:07 +0530515 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR
516 Defines the SoC has DP-DDR used for DPAA.
517
Ruchika Gupta028dbb82014-09-09 11:50:31 +0530518 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
519 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
520
521 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
522 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
523
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200524- MIPS CPU options:
525 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
526
527 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
528 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
529 relocation.
530
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200531 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
532
533 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
534 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
535 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
536
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000537- ARM options:
538 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
539
540 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
541 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
542
York Sun207774b2015-03-20 19:28:08 -0700543 COUNTER_FREQUENCY
544 Generic timer clock source frequency.
545
546 COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL
547 Generic timer clock source frequency if the real clock is
548 different from COUNTER_FREQUENCY, and can only be determined
549 at run time.
550
Stephen Warren73c38932015-01-19 16:25:52 -0700551- Tegra SoC options:
552 CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE
553
554 Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain
555 impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode,
556 such as ARM architectural timer initialization.
557
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000558- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000559 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
560
561 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
562 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
563 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
564 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
565 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
566 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
567 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000568 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100569 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000570 default environment.
571
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000572 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
573
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800574 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000575 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
576 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
577
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400578 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200579
580 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400581 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
582 concepts).
583
584 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
585 * New libfdt-based support
586 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500587 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400588
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200589 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600590 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200591
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200592 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
593 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500594
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600595 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
596
597 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
598 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000599
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -0600600 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
601
602 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make
603 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel.
604 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting
605 the kernel.
606
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200607 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
608
609 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
610 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
611 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
612 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
613 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
614 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
615
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000616 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
617
618 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
619 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
620 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
621 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
622 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
623 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
624 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
625
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100626- vxWorks boot parameters:
627
628 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
Bin Meng9e98b7e2015-10-07 20:19:17 -0700629 environments variables: bootdev, bootfile, ipaddr, netmask,
630 serverip, gatewayip, hostname, othbootargs.
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100631 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
632
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100633 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
634 the defaults discussed just above.
635
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000636- Cache Configuration:
637 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
638 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
639 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
640
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000641- Cache Configuration for ARM:
642 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
643 controller
644 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
645 controller register space
646
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000647- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200648 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000649
650 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
651
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200652 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000653
654 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
655
656 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
657
658 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
659 the clock speed of the UARTs.
660
661 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
662
663 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
664 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
665 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
666
Karicheri, Muralidharand57dee52014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400667 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
668
669 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
670 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000671
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000672- Console Baudrate:
673 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
674 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200675 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000676
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000677- Autoboot Command:
678 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
679 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
680 define a command string that is automatically executed
681 when no character is read on the console interface
682 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
683
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000684 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000685 The value of these goes into the environment as
686 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
687 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200688 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000689
690- Pre-Boot Commands:
691 CONFIG_PREBOOT
692
693 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
694 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
695 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
696 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
697 entering interactive mode.
698
699 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
700 automatically generated or modified. For an example
701 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
702 modified when the user holds down a certain
703 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
704 booting the systems
705
706- Serial Download Echo Mode:
707 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
708 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
709 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
710 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
711 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
712 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
713 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
714
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500715- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000716 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
717 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200718 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000719
Simon Glass302a6482016-03-13 19:07:28 -0600720- Removal of commands
721 If no commands are needed to boot, you can disable
722 CONFIG_CMDLINE to remove them. In this case, the command line
723 will not be available, and when U-Boot wants to execute the
724 boot command (on start-up) it will call board_run_command()
725 instead. This can reduce image size significantly for very
726 simple boot procedures.
727
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000728- Regular expression support:
729 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +0200730 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
731 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
732 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
733 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000734
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000735- Device tree:
736 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
737 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
738 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
739 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
740 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
741 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
742
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000743 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
Alex Deymo82f766d2017-04-02 01:25:20 -0700744 be done using one of the three options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000745
746 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
747 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
748 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
749 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
750 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
Nobuhiro Iwamatsueb3eb602017-08-26 07:34:14 +0900751 the global data structure as gd->fdt_blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000752
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000753 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
754 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
755 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
756 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
757
758 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
759
760 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
761 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
762 still use the individual files if you need something more
763 exotic.
764
Alex Deymo82f766d2017-04-02 01:25:20 -0700765 CONFIG_OF_BOARD
766 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use the device tree
767 provided by the board at runtime instead of embedding one with
768 the image. Only boards defining board_fdt_blob_setup() support
769 this option (see include/fdtdec.h file).
770
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000771- Watchdog:
772 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
773 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000774 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
Christophe Leroy907208c2017-07-06 10:23:22 +0200775 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx
776 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
777 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
778 available, then no further board specific code should
779 be needed to use it.
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000780
781 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
782 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
783 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
784 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000785
Heiko Schocher7bae0d62015-01-21 08:38:22 +0100786 CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT
787 specify the timeout in seconds. default 2 seconds.
788
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000789- Real-Time Clock:
790
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500791 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000792 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
793 following options:
794
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000795 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +0000796 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000797 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +0000798 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000799 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +0000800 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
Markus Niebel412921d2014-07-21 11:06:16 +0200801 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +0000802 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +0100803 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +0000804 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Chris Packham2bd3cab2017-05-30 12:03:33 +1200805 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +0200806 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
807 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000808
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +0000809 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
810 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
811
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600812- GPIO Support:
813 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600814
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +0000815 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
816 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
817 pins supported by a particular chip.
818
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600819 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
820 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
821
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -0600822- I/O tracing:
823 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
824 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
825 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
826 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
827 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
828 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
829 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
830 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
831
832 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
833 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
834 still continue to operate.
835
836 iotrace is enabled
837 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
838 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
839 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
840 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
841 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
842 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
843
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000844- Timestamp Support:
845
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000846 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
847 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
848 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500849 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000850
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000851- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
852 Zero or more of the following:
853 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000854 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
855 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
856 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
857 disk/part_efi.c
Simon Glassc649e3c2016-05-01 11:36:02 -0600858 CONFIG_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000859 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000860
861- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000862 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
863 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000864
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000865 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
866 be performed by calling the function
867 ide_set_reset(int reset)
868 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000869
870- ATAPI Support:
871 CONFIG_ATAPI
872
873 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
874
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000875- LBA48 Support
876 CONFIG_LBA48
877
878 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +0100879 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000880 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
881 support disks up to 2.1TB.
882
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200883 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000884 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
885 Default is 32bit.
886
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000887- SCSI Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200888 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
889 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
890 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000891 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
892 devices.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000893
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +0200894 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
895 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +0000896
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000897- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +0000898 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +0000899 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
900
901 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
902 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
903 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
904 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
905
906 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
907 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
908 example with the "sspi" command.
909
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000910 CONFIG_EEPRO100
911 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200912 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000913 write routine for first time initialisation.
914
915 CONFIG_TULIP
916 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
917 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
918 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
919
920 CONFIG_NATSEMI
921 Support for National dp83815 chips.
922
923 CONFIG_NS8382X
924 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
925
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +0000926- NETWORK Support (other):
927
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +0100928 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
929 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
930
931 CONFIG_RMII
932 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
933
934 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
935 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
936 The driver doen't show link status messages.
937
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +0000938 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
939 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
940
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +0000941 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +0000942 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
943
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +0000944 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
945 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
946
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +0000947 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +0000948 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
949
950 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
951 Define this to hold the physical address
952 of the device (I/O space)
953
954 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
955 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
956
957 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
958 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
959 (some hardware wont work with macros)
960
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -0500961 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
962 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
963
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +0800964 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
965 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
966
967 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
968 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
969 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
970 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
971 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
972 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
973 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
974 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
975
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +0900976 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
977 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
978
979 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
980 Define the number of ports to be used
981
982 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
983 Define the ETH PHY's address
984
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +0900985 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
986 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
987
Heiko Schocherb2f97cf2014-07-18 06:07:19 +0200988- PWM Support:
989 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
Robert P. J. Day5052e812016-09-13 08:35:18 -0400990 Support for PWM module on the imx6.
Heiko Schocherb2f97cf2014-07-18 06:07:19 +0200991
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +0000992- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +0000993 CONFIG_TPM
994 Support TPM devices.
995
Christophe Ricard0766ad22015-10-06 22:54:41 +0200996 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_INFINEON
997 Support for Infineon i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +0000998 per system is supported at this time.
999
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001000 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1001 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1002
Christophe Ricard3aa74082016-01-21 23:27:13 +01001003 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24
1004 Support for STMicroelectronics TPM devices. Requires DM_TPM support.
1005
1006 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_I2C
1007 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 I2C devices.
1008 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and I2C.
1009
Christophe Ricardb75fdc12016-01-21 23:27:14 +01001010 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_SPI
1011 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 SPI devices.
1012 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and SPI.
1013
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001014 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1015 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1016
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001017 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001018 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1019 per system is supported at this time.
1020
1021 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1022 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1023 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1024 0xfed40000.
1025
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001026 CONFIG_TPM
1027 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1028 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1029 Requires support for a TPM device.
1030
1031 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1032 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1033 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1034
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001035- USB Support:
1036 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
Heiko Schocher064b55c2017-06-14 05:49:40 +02001037 supported (PIP405, MIP405); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001038 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1039 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001040 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001041 storage devices.
1042 Note:
1043 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1044 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001045
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001046 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1047 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1048
Oleksandr Tymoshenko6e9e0622014-02-01 21:51:25 -07001049 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
1050 HW module registers.
1051
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001052- USB Device:
1053 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1054 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1055 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001056 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001057 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1058 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001059 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001060 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1061 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1062 a Linux host by
1063 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1064 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1065 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1066 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001067
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001068 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1069 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001070
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001071 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1072 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1073 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001074
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301075 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1076 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1077 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1078 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1079 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1080 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1081 speed.
1082
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001083 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001084 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1085 be set to usbtty.
1086
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001087 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001088 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001089 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001090 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1091 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1092 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1093
1094 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1095 Define this string as the name of your company for
1096 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001097
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001098 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1099 Define this string as the name of your product
1100 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1101
1102 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1103 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1104 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1105 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1106 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001107
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001108 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1109 Define this as the unique Product ID
1110 for your device
1111 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001112
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001113- ULPI Layer Support:
1114 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1115 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1116 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1117 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1118 viewport is supported.
1119 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1120 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001121 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1122 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1123 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001124
1125- MMC Support:
1126 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1127 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1128 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1129 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001130 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1131 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001132
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001133 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1134 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1135
1136 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1137 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1138
1139 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1140 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1141
Pierre Aubert1fd93c62014-04-24 10:30:08 +02001142 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1143 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1144
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001145- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
Marek Vasutbb4059a2018-02-16 16:41:18 +01001146 CONFIG_DFU_OVER_USB
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001147 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1148
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001149 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1150 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1151
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301152 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1153 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1154 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1155 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1156 one that would help mostly the developer.
1157
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001158 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1159 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1160 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1161 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1162 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1163
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001164 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1165 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1166 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1167 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1168 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1169 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1170
Heiko Schocher001a8312014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001171 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1172 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1173 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1174 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1175
1176 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1177 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1178 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1179 sending again an USB request to the device.
1180
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001181- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
Simon Glassb2482df2016-10-02 18:00:59 -06001182 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001183 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1184
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001185 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1186 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001187 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1188
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001189- Keyboard Support:
Simon Glass39f615e2015-11-11 10:05:47 -07001190 See Kconfig help for available keyboard drivers.
1191
1192 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
1193
1194 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1195 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1196 defined in your board-specific files. This option is deprecated
1197 and is only used by novena. For new boards, use driver model
1198 instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001199
1200- Video support:
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001201 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001202 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001203 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1204 support, and should also define these other macros:
1205
1206 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1207 CONFIG_VIDEO
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001208 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1209 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1210 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1211 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1212 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1213
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001214 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1215 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
Fabio Estevam8eca9432016-04-02 11:53:18 -03001216 boot. See the documentation file doc/README.video for a
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001217 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001218
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001219- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1220
1221 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1222 display); also select one of the supported displays
1223 by defining one of these:
1224
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001225 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1226
1227 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1228
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001229 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001230
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001231 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001232
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001233 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001234
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001235 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1236 Active, color, single scan.
1237
1238 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1239
1240 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001241 Active, color, single scan.
1242
1243 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1244
1245 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1246 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1247
1248 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1249
1250 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1251 Active, color, single scan.
1252
1253 CONFIG_HLD1045
1254
1255 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1256 Active, color, single scan.
1257
1258 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1259
1260 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1261 or
1262 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1263 or
1264 Hitachi SP14Q002
1265
1266 320x240. Black & white.
1267
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001268 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1269
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001270 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001271 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1272 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1273 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1274 a per-section basis.
1275
1276
Hannes Petermaier604c7d42015-03-27 08:01:38 +01001277 CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION
1278
1279 Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait
1280 mode or even if it's mounted landscape but rotated by 180degree,
1281 we need to rotate our content of the display relative to the
1282 framebuffer, so that user can read the messages which are
1283 printed out.
1284 Once CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is defined, the lcd_console will be
1285 initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of
1286 "vidinfo_t" which is provided by the board specific code.
1287 The value for vl_rot is coded as following (matching to
1288 fbcon=rotate:<n> linux-kernel commandline):
1289 0 = no rotation respectively 0 degree
1290 1 = 90 degree rotation
1291 2 = 180 degree rotation
1292 3 = 270 degree rotation
1293
1294 If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be
1295 initialized with 0degree rotation.
1296
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001297 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1298
1299 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1300
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001301 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1302
1303 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1304 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1305
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001306- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001307
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001308 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1309 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1310 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001311 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001312 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1313 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1314 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1315 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001316
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001317 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1318
1319 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1320 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Fabio Estevamab5645f2016-03-23 12:46:12 -03001321 (see doc/README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001322 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1323 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1324 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1325 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1326 there is no need to set this option.
1327
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001328 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1329
1330 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1331 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1332 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1333 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1334 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1335 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1336
1337 Example:
1338 setenv splashpos m,m
1339 => image at center of screen
1340
1341 setenv splashpos 30,20
1342 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1343
1344 setenv splashpos -10,m
1345 => vertically centered image
1346 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1347
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001348- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1349
1350 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1351 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1352 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1353
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001354- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1355
1356 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1357 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1358 bmp command.
1359
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001360- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001361 CONFIG_GZIP
1362
1363 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1364
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001365 CONFIG_BZIP2
1366
1367 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1368 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1369 compressed images are supported.
1370
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001371 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001372 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001373 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001374
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001375- MII/PHY support:
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001376 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1377
1378 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1379
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001380 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1381
1382 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1383 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1384 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1385 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1386
1387 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1388
1389 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1390 command issued before MII status register can be read
1391
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001392- IP address:
1393 CONFIG_IPADDR
1394
1395 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001396 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001397 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001398 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001399
1400- Server IP address:
1401 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1402
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001403 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001404 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001405 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001406
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001407 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1408
1409 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1410 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1411
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001412- Gateway IP address:
1413 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1414
1415 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1416 default router where packets to other networks are
1417 sent to.
1418 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1419
1420- Subnet mask:
1421 CONFIG_NETMASK
1422
1423 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1424 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1425 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1426 forwarded through a router.
1427 (Environment variable "netmask")
1428
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001429- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1430 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1431
1432 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1433 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1434 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1435 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1436 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1437 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1438 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1439 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001440 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001441
1442 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1443 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1444 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1445 4th and following
1446 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1447
Thierry Reding92ac8ac2014-08-19 10:21:24 +02001448 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
1449
1450 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
1451 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
1452 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
1453 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
1454 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
1455 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
1456 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
1457 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
1458 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
1459 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
1460 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
1461 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
1462 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
1463 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
1464 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
1465
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001466- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001467 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1468 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001469
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001470 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001471 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001472 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1473 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1474 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1475 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001476 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001477
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001478 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1479 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001480
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001481 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1482 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1483 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1484 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1485 is not available.
1486
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001487 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1488 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1489 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001490 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001491 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1492 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001493
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001494 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1495
1496 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1497 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1498 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1499 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1500 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1501 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1502 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1503 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1504 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1505 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1506 this delay.
1507
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001508 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1509 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1510 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1511 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1512 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1513
1514 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1515
Prabhakar Kushwaha24acb832017-11-23 16:51:32 +05301516 - MAC address from environment variables
1517
1518 FDT_SEQ_MACADDR_FROM_ENV
1519
1520 Fix-up device tree with MAC addresses fetched sequentially from
1521 environment variables. This config work on assumption that
1522 non-usable ethernet node of device-tree are either not present
1523 or their status has been marked as "disabled".
1524
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001525 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001526 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001527
1528 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1529
1530 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1531
1532 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1533 of the device.
1534
1535 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1536
1537 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1538 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001539 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001540
1541 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1542
1543 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1544 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1545
1546 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1547
1548 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1549
1550 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1551
1552 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1553
1554 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1555
1556 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1557
1558 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1559
1560 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1561 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1562
1563 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1564
1565 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1566
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001567- Status LED: CONFIG_LED_STATUS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001568
1569 Several configurations allow to display the current
1570 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1571 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1572 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1573 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1574 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001575 kernel). Defining CONFIG_LED_STATUS enables this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001576 feature in U-Boot.
1577
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001578 Additional options:
1579
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001580 CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001581 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
1582 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001583 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001584 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
1585
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02001586 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
1587 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
1588 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
1589 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
1590 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
1591 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
1592
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001593- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001594
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001595 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
1596 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
1597 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
1598 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
1599 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
1600 interface.
1601
1602 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001603 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
1604 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
1605 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
1606 for defining speed and slave address
1607 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
1608 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
1609 for defining speed and slave address
1610 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
1611 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
1612 for defining speed and slave address
1613 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
1614 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
1615 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001616
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02001617 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
1618 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
1619 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
1620 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
1621 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
1622 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001623 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02001624 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
1625 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
1626 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
1627 second bus.
1628
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00001629 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09001630 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
1631 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
1632 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00001633
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00001634 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
1635 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
1636 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
1637 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
1638
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02001639 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
1640 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)03544c62015-09-21 22:43:38 +02001641 - enable bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C1
1642 - enable bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C2
1643 - enable bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C3
1644 - enable bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C4
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02001645 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
1646 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
1647 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
1648 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
1649 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
1650 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)03544c62015-09-21 22:43:38 +02001651 - define speed for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SPEED
1652 - define slave for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SLAVE
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001653 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02001654 for speed, and 0 for slave.
1655
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09001656 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
1657 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
1658 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
1659
1660 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
1661 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
1662 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
1663 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
1664 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
1665 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
1666 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
1667 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
1668 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
1669
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09001670 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
1671 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
1672 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
1673
1674 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
1675 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
1676 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
1677 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
1678 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
1679 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
1680 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
1681 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
1682 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
1683 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001684 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09001685
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02001686 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
1687 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
1688 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
1689 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
1690 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
1691 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
1692 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
1693 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
1694 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
1695 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
1696 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
1697 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
1698
Heiko Schocher0bdffe72013-11-08 07:30:53 +01001699 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
1700 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
1701 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
1702 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
1703
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05301704 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
1705 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
1706 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
1707 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
1708 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
1709
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02001710 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
1711 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
1712 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
1713 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
1714 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
1715 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
1716 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
1717 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
1718 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
1719 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
1720 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
1721 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
1722 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
1723 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
Dirk Eibach071be892015-10-28 11:46:22 +01001724 - activate dual channel with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_DUAL
1725 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0_1 speed channel 0_1
1726 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0_1 slave addr channel 0_1
1727 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1_1 speed channel 1_1
1728 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1_1 slave addr channel 1_1
1729 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2_1 speed channel 2_1
1730 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2_1 slave addr channel 2_1
1731 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3_1 speed channel 3_1
1732 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3_1 slave addr channel 3_1
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02001733
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001734 additional defines:
1735
1736 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
Simon Glass945a18e2016-10-02 18:01:05 -06001737 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use.
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001738
1739 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
1740 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
1741 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
1742 omit this define.
1743
1744 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
1745 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
1746 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
1747 define.
1748
1749 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001750 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001751 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
1752 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
1753 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
1754
1755 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
1756 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
1757 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
1758 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
1759 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
1760 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
1761 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
1762 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
1763 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
1764 }
1765
1766 which defines
1767 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001768 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
1769 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
1770 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
1771 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
1772 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001773 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001774 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
1775 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001776
1777 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
1778
Simon Glassce3b5d62017-05-12 21:10:00 -06001779- Legacy I2C Support:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001780 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001781 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1782 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001783
1784 I2C_INIT
1785
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001786 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001787 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001788
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001789 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001790
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001791 I2C_ACTIVE
1792
1793 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1794 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1795 define can be null.
1796
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001797 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1798
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001799 I2C_TRISTATE
1800
1801 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1802 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
1803 define can be null.
1804
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001805 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
1806
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001807 I2C_READ
1808
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001809 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
1810 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001811
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001812 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
1813
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001814 I2C_SDA(bit)
1815
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001816 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
1817 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001818
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001819 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001820 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001821 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001822
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001823 I2C_SCL(bit)
1824
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001825 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
1826 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001827
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001828 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001829 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001830 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001831
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001832 I2C_DELAY
1833
1834 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
1835 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001836 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001837 like:
1838
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001839 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001840
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04001841 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
1842
1843 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
1844 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
1845 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
1846 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
1847
1848 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
1849 the generic GPIO functions.
1850
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001851 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001852
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001853 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1854 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1855 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
1856 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
1857 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
1858 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
1859 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
1860 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001861
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001862 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
1863
1864 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001865 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
1866 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001867 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
1868
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001869 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001870
1871 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001872 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05001873 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
1874 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001875
1876 e.g.
1877 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001878 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001879
1880 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
1881
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001882 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Simon Glass945a18e2016-10-02 18:01:05 -06001883 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001884
1885 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
1886
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001887 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001888
1889 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
1890 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
1891
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001892 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001893
1894 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
1895 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
1896
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06001897 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
1898
1899 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
1900 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
1901 between writing the address pointer and reading the
1902 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
1903 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
1904 devices can use either method, but some require one or
1905 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001906
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001907- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
1908
1909 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
1910 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
1911 D/As on the SACSng board)
1912
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001913 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
1914
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001915 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
1916 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
1917 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
1918 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
1919 defined, the board configuration must define several
1920 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
1921 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001922
Heiko Schocherf659b572014-07-14 10:22:11 +02001923 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
1924 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
1925 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
1926
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01001927- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
1928
1929 Enables FPGA subsystem.
1930
1931 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
1932
1933 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
1934 (ALTERA, XILINX)
1935
1936 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
1937
1938 Enables support for FPGA family.
1939 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
1940
1941 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001942
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001943 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001944
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001945 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001946
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001947 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001948
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001949 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001950
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001951 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
1952 status by the configuration function. This option
1953 will require a board or device specific function to
1954 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001955
1956 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
1957
1958 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
1959 configuration driver.
1960
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001961 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001962 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
1963
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001964 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001965
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001966 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
1967 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
1968 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
1969 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001970
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001971 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001972
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001973 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert
1974 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001975 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001976 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001977
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001978 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001979
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001980 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001981 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001982
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001983 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001984
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001985 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001986 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001987
1988- Configuration Management:
Stefan Roeseb2b8a692014-10-22 12:13:24 +02001989
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001990 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
1991
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001992 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
1993 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001994
1995- Vendor Parameter Protection:
1996
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001997 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
1998 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001999 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002000 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2001 protects these variables from casual modification by
2002 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2003 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002004 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002005
2006 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2007 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002008 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002009 these parameters.
2010
Joe Hershberger92ac5202015-05-04 14:55:14 -05002011 Alternatively, if you define _both_ an ethaddr in the
2012 default env _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002013 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002014 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2015 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2016 read-only.]
2017
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002018 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2019 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2020 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2021 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2022
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002023- Protected RAM:
2024 CONFIG_PRAM
2025
2026 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2027 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2028 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2029 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2030 this default value by defining an environment
2031 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2032 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2033 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2034 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2035 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2036 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2037 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2038
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002039 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002040 saveenv
2041
2042 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2043 either, which results in a memory region that will
2044 not be affected by reboots.
2045
2046 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2047 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2048 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2049 following board configurations are known to be
2050 "pRAM-clean":
2051
Heiko Schocher5b8e76c2017-06-07 17:33:09 +02002052 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx,
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002053 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Heiko Schocher2eb48ff2017-06-07 17:33:10 +02002054 FLAGADM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002055
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002056- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2057 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2058 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2059 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2060 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2061 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2062 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2063
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002064- Error Recovery:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002065 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2066
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002067 This variable defines the number of retries for
2068 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2069 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2070 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002071
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002072 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2073
2074 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2075
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002076 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2077
2078 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2079 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2080 try longer timeout such as
2081 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2082
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002083- Command Interpreter:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002084 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002085
2086 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2087 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2088 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2089
2090 Note:
2091
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002092 In the current implementation, the local variables
2093 space and global environment variables space are
2094 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2095 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2096 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2097 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2098 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002099
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002100 Global environment variables are those you use
2101 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2102 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2103 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002104
2105 To store commands and special characters in a
2106 variable, please use double quotation marks
2107 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2108 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2109 symbols.
2110
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002111- Command Line Editing and History:
Marek Vasutf3b267b2016-01-27 04:47:55 +01002112 CONFIG_CMDLINE_PS_SUPPORT
2113
2114 Enable support for changing the command prompt string
2115 at run-time. Only static string is supported so far.
2116 The string is obtained from environment variables PS1
2117 and PS2.
2118
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002119- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002120 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2121
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002122 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2123 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002124 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002125
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002126 For example, place something like this in your
2127 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002128
2129 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2130 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2131 "myvar2=value2\0"
2132
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002133 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2134 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2135 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2136 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002137 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002138 You better know what you are doing here.
2139
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002140 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2141 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002142 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002143 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002144
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002145 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2146
2147 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002148 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002149 that so that the environment is not available until
2150 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2151 this is instead controlled by the value of
2152 /config/load-environment.
2153
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002154- Serial Flash support
Simon Glass00fd59d2017-08-04 16:35:06 -06002155 Usage requires an initial 'sf probe' to define the serial
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002156 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2157 commands.
2158
2159 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2160 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2161 flash is present on the system.
2162
2163 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2164 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2165 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2166 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2167
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002168
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002169- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2170 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2171
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002172 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002173 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002174 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002175 number generator is used.
2176
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002177 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2178 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2179 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2180
2181 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002182 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2183 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2184 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2185 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2186 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2187 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2188
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002189- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002190 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2191
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002192 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2193 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2194 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2195 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2196 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2197 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002198
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002199
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002200Legacy uImage format:
2201
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002202 Arg Where When
2203 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002204 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002205 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002206 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002207 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002208 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002209 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2210 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2211 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002212 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002213 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2214 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2215 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2216 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002217 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002218 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002219
2220 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2221 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2222 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2223 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2224 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2225 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2226 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002227 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002228 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2229 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2230
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002231 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002232
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002233 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002234 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2235 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002236
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002237 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2238 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2239 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2240 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2241 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2242 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2243 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2244 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2245 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2246 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2247 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2248 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2249 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2250 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2251 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2252 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2253 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2254 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2255 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2256 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2257 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2258 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2259 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2260 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2261 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2262 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2263 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2264 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2265 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2266 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2267 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2268 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2269 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2270 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2271 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2272 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2273 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2274 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2275 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2276 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2277 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2278 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2279 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2280 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2281 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2282 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2283 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002284
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002285 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002286
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002287 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002288 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2289 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002290
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002291 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
Joe Hershbergerbc0571f2015-04-08 01:41:21 -05002292 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling net_loop()
2293 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in net_loop() occurred
2294 81 common/cmd_net.c net_loop() back without error
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002295 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2296 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002297 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2298 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002299 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002300
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002301FIT uImage format:
2302
2303 Arg Where When
2304 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2305 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2306 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2307 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2308 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2309 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002310 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002311 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2312 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2313 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2314 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2315 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002316 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2317 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002318 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2319 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2320 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2321 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2322 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2323 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2324 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2325 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2326
2327 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2328 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2329 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002330 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002331 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2332 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2333 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2334 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2335 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2336 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2337 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2338 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2339 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2340 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2341 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2342 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2343
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002344 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002345 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2346
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002347 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002348 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2349
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002350 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002351 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2352
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002353- Standalone program support:
2354 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2355
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002356 This option defines a board specific value for the
2357 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2358 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002359 settings.
2360
2361- Frame Buffer Address:
2362 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2363
2364 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00002365 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
2366 when using a graphics controller has separate video
2367 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
2368 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
2369 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
2370 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
2371 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002372
2373 Please see board_init_f function.
2374
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002375- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2376 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2377 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2378 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2379
2380 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2381 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2382
2383- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02002384 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
2385 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
2386 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
2387 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
2388 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
2389 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
2390
2391 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
2392 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
2393 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
2394 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
2395 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
2396
2397 default: 4096
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -06002398
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02002399 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
2400 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
2401 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
2402 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
2403 flash), this value is ignored.
2404
2405 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
2406 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
2407 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
2408 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
2409 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
2410 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
2411
2412 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
2413 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
2414 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
2415 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
2416 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
2417 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
2418 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
2419 partition.
2420
2421 default: 20
2422
2423 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
2424 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
2425 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
2426 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
2427 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
2428 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
2429 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
2430 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
2431 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
2432 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
2433 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
2434 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
2435
2436 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
2437 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
2438 without a fastmap.
2439 default: 0
2440
Heiko Schocher0195a7b2015-10-22 06:19:21 +02002441 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FM_DEBUG
2442 Enable UBI fastmap debug
2443 default: 0
2444
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002445- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002446 CONFIG_SPL
2447 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002448
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002449 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2450 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2451
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002452 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
2453 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
2454 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
2455 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002456 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002457 must not be both defined at the same time.
2458
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002459 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002460 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
2461 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
2462 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
2463 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002464
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002465 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2466 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002467
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002468 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
2469 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
2470 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
2471
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002472 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
2473 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
2474
2475 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002476 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
2477 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
2478 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002479 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002480 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002481
2482 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
2483 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
2484
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)8c80eb32015-03-31 11:40:50 +02002485 CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE
2486 When defined, SPL will panic() if the image it has
2487 loaded does not have a signature.
2488 Defining this is useful when code which loads images
2489 in SPL cannot guarantee that absolutely all read errors
2490 will be caught.
2491 An example is the LPC32XX MLC NAND driver, which will
2492 consider that a completely unreadable NAND block is bad,
2493 and thus should be skipped silently.
2494
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002495 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
2496 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
2497 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
2498 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
2499
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002500 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
2501 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Fabio Estevam9ac4fc82015-11-12 12:30:19 -02002502 When this option is set the full malloc is used in SPL and
2503 it is set up by spl_init() and before that, the simple malloc()
2504 can be used if CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F is defined.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002505
2506 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
2507 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002508
Tom Rini9607faf2014-03-28 12:03:39 -04002509 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
2510 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
2511 See also: doc/README.falcon
2512
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07002513 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
2514 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
2515 about the running system.
2516
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05002517 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
2518 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
2519
Paul Kocialkowskib97300b2014-11-08 23:14:56 +01002520 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION
2521 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
2522 used in raw mode
2523
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00002524 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
2525 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
2526 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
2527
2528 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
2529 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
2530 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
2531 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
2532 (for falcon mode)
2533
Paul Kocialkowskie2ccdf82014-11-08 23:14:55 +01002534 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
2535 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
2536 used in fs mode
2537
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002538 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
2539 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
2540
2541 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002542 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002543 from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002544
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002545 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002546 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002547 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002548
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00002549 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
2550 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
2551 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
2552 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
2553 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
2554
Prabhakar Kushwaha651fcf62014-04-08 19:12:31 +05302555 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
2556 Avoid SPL relocation
2557
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05002558 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
2559 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
2560 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
2561
2562 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
2563 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
2564
Jörg Krause15e207f2018-01-14 19:26:38 +01002565 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_IDENT
2566 SPL uses the chip ID list to identify the NAND flash.
2567 Requires CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE.
2568
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05002569 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
2570 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
2571
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002572 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002573 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
2574 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002575
Thomas Gleixner6f4e7d32016-07-12 20:28:12 +02002576 CONFIG_SPL_UBI
2577 Support for a lightweight UBI (fastmap) scanner and
2578 loader
2579
Heiko Schocher0c3117b2014-10-31 08:31:00 +01002580 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
2581 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
2582 if you need to save space.
2583
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08002584 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
2585 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
2586 SPL binary.
2587
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002588 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
2589 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
2590 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
2591 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
2592 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
2593 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002594 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002595
Prabhakar Kushwahafbe76ae2013-12-11 12:42:11 +05302596 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
2597 Add support NAND boot
2598
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002599 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002600 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
2601
2602 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
2603 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
2604
2605 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
2606 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002607
2608 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002609 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002610
2611 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
2612 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002613 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002614
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02002615 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
2616 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
2617
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00002618 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00002619 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
2620 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
2621 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
2622 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
2623 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00002624
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05002625 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
2626 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
2627 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
2628 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
2629
Marek Vasutb527b9c2018-05-13 00:22:52 +02002630 CONFIG_SPL_FIT_PRINT
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00002631 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
2632 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
2633 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
2634 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
2635
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08002636- TPL framework
2637 CONFIG_TPL
2638 Enable building of TPL globally.
2639
2640 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
2641 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
2642 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002643 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
2644 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
2645 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08002646
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002647- Interrupt support (PPC):
2648
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002649 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
2650 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002651 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002652 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002653 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002654 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002655 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002656 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
2657 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
2658 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002659
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002660
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00002661Board initialization settings:
2662------------------------------
2663
2664During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
2665to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
2666before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
2667following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
2668architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
2669typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
2670
2671- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
2672- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
2673- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
2674- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002675
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002676Configuration Settings:
2677-----------------------
2678
York Sun4d1fd7f2014-02-26 17:03:19 -08002679- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
2680 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
2681
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002682- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002683 undefine this when you're short of memory.
2684
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06002685- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
2686 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
2687
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002688- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002689 prompt for user input.
2690
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002691- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002692
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002693- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002694
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002695- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002696
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002697- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002698 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
2699 booted
2700
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002701- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002702 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
2703
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002704- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002705 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
2706 simple memory test.
2707
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002708- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00002709 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
2710 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
2711
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08002712- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
York Sune61a7532016-06-24 16:46:18 -07002713 Only implemented for ARMv8 for now.
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08002714 If defined, the size of CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE memory
2715 is substracted from total RAM and won't be reported to OS.
2716 This memory can be used as secure memory. A variable
York Sune61a7532016-06-24 16:46:18 -07002717 gd->arch.secure_ram is used to track the location. In systems
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08002718 the RAM base is not zero, or RAM is divided into banks,
2719 this variable needs to be recalcuated to get the address.
2720
York Sunaabd7dd2015-12-07 11:05:29 -08002721- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002722 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002723 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002724 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002725 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
2726 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
2727 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002728 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002729 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002730 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002731
2732 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
2733 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
2734 be touched.
2735
2736 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
2737 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
2738 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
2739 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
2740 problems.
2741
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002742- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002743 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
2744
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002745- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002746 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
2747
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002748- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002749 Physical start address of Flash memory.
2750
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002751- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002752 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
2753 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02002754 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002755 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002756
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002757- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002758 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
2759 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
2760 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
2761 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002762
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002763- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002764 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
2765
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06002766- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
2767 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
2768 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
2769 will become available before relocation. The address is just
2770 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
2771 space.
2772
2773 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
2774 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
2775 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002776 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06002777 U-Boot relocates itself.
2778
Simon Glass38687ae2014-11-10 17:16:54 -07002779- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
2780 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
2781 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
2782 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
2783
Thierry Reding1dfdd9b2014-12-09 22:25:22 -07002784- CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY:
2785 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be
2786 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped
2787 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would
2788 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For
2789 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the
2790 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed
2791 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding
2792 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e.
2793 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the
2794 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of
2795 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has
2796 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can
2797 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for
2798 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g.
2799 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes).
2800
2801 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present.
2802
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002803- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002804 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
2805 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002806 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002807 to adjust this setting to your needs.
2808
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002809- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002810 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
2811 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02002812 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
2813 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04002814 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02002815 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002816 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00002817 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
2818 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
2819 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002820
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06002821- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
2822 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
2823 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
2824 is enabled.
2825
2826- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
2827 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
2828 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2829
2830- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
2831 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
2832 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2833
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002834- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002835 Max number of Flash memory banks
2836
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002837- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002838 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
2839
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002840- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002841 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
2842
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002843- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002844 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
2845
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002846- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002847 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
2848
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002849- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002850 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
2851
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002852- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002853 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
2854 instead of U-Boot software protection.
2855
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002856- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002857
2858 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
2859 without this option such a download has to be
2860 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
2861 copy from RAM to flash.
2862
2863 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
2864 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002865 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
2866 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002867 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
2868
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002869- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002870 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002871 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
2872
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02002873- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002874 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
2875 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002876
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01002877- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
2878 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
2879 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
2880 to the MTD layer.
2881
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002882- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02002883 Use buffered writes to flash.
2884
2885- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
2886 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
2887 write commands.
2888
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002889- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01002890 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
2891 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
2892 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
2893 optionally available.
2894
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05002895- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
2896 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
2897 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
2898 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
2899
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02002900- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
2901 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
2902 against the source after the write operation. An error message
2903 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
2904 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
2905 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
2906 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
2907 this option if you really know what you are doing.
2908
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002909- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002910 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
2911 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002912 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
2913 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002914 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002915 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
2916
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02002917- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
2918
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02002919 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
2920 internally to store the environment settings. The default
2921 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
2922 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
2923 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02002924
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002925- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
2926- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04002927 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002928 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
2929 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
2930 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
2931
2932 The format of the list is:
2933 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002934 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c]
2935 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002936 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
2937 list = entry[,list]
2938
2939 The type attributes are:
2940 s - String (default)
2941 d - Decimal
2942 x - Hexadecimal
2943 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
2944 i - IP address
2945 m - MAC address
2946
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06002947 The access attributes are:
2948 a - Any (default)
2949 r - Read-only
2950 o - Write-once
2951 c - Change-default
2952
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002953 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
2954 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002955 environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002956
2957 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
2958 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
2959 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
2960 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
2961 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
2962 ".flags" variable.
2963
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05002964 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
2965 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to define the same
2966 flags without explicitly listing them for each variable.
2967
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06002968- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
2969 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
2970 access flags.
2971
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002972The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
2973of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
2974following configurations:
2975
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00002976- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
2977
2978 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
2979 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
2980
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002981BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002982in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002983console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002984U-Boot will hang.
2985
2986Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
2987environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
2988keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
2989to save the current settings.
2990
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00002991BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
2992"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00002993environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
2994but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00002995
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02002996- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
2997
2998 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
2999 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3000 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3001
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07003002Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003003has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Simon Glass00caae62017-08-03 12:22:12 -06003004created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use env_get_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003005until then to read environment variables.
3006
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003007The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
3008is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
3009with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3010necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3011"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3012have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003013
3014Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3015the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003016use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003017
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003018- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003019 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003020
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003021 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003022 also needs to be defined.
3023
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003024- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003025 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003026
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003027- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3028 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3029 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3030 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3031 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3032 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3033
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00003034- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
3035 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
3036 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
3037 to do this.
3038
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00003039- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
3040 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
3041 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
3042 present.
3043
Sascha Silbefeb85802013-08-11 16:40:43 +02003044- CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
3045 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
3046 build system checks that the actual size does not
3047 exceed it.
3048
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003049Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003050---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003051
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003052- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003053 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3054
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003055- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3056 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3057 PowerPC SOCs.
3058
3059- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3060 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3061 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3062
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003063- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3064 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3065 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003066 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003067 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3068 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3069 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3070
3071 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3072 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3073
3074- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003075 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3076 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003077 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3078 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3079
3080- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3081 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3082 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3083 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3084
3085- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3086 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3087 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3088
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003089- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003090 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003091
3092 the default drive number (default value 0)
3093
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003094 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003095
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003096 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003097 (default value 1)
3098
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003099 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003100
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003101 defines the offset of register from address. It
3102 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003103 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003104
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003105 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3106 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003107 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003108
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003109 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003110 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3111 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003112 source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003113 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003114
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003115- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3116 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3117 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3118 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3119 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3120 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003121 is required.
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003122
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003123- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003124 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
Christophe Leroy907208c2017-07-06 10:23:22 +02003125 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003126
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003127- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003128
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003129 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003130 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3131 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3132 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3133 will become available only after programming the
3134 memory controller and running certain initialization
3135 sequences.
3136
3137 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
Christophe Leroy907208c2017-07-06 10:23:22 +02003138 - MPC8xx: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003139
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003140- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003141
3142 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003143 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3144 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003145 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003146 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Simon Glassacd51f92016-10-02 18:01:06 -06003147 GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003148 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3149 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003150
3151 Note:
3152 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3153 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003154 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003155 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3156 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3157
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003158- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003159
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003160- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003161 SDRAM timing
3162
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003163- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003164 periodic timer for refresh
3165
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003166- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3167 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3168 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3169 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003170 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3171
3172- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003173 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3174 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003175 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3176
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003177- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003178 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses.
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003179 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
3180 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
3181 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
3182 by coreboot or similar.
3183
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00003184- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
3185 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
3186
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003187- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3188 Chip has SRIO or not
3189
3190- CONFIG_SRIO1:
3191 Board has SRIO 1 port available
3192
3193- CONFIG_SRIO2:
3194 Board has SRIO 2 port available
3195
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08003196- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
3197 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
3198
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003199- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
3200 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3201
3202- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
3203 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3204
3205- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
3206 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3207
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00003208- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
3209 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
3210 a 16 bit bus.
3211 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00003212 Example of drivers that use it:
Miquel Raynala430fa02018-08-16 17:30:07 +02003213 - drivers/mtd/nand/raw/ndfc.c
3214 - drivers/mtd/nand/raw/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04003215
3216- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
3217 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
3218 a default value will be used.
3219
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003220- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003221 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
3222 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
3223
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003224 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
3225 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
3226
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003227- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003228 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
3229 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
3230 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003231
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08003232- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
3233 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
3234 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
3235 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
3236 header files or board specific files.
3237
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07003238- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
3239 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
3240
York Sune32d59a2015-01-06 13:18:55 -08003241- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH
3242 Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers.
3243
York Sun4516ff82015-03-19 09:30:28 -07003244- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_BIST
3245 Enable built-in memory test for Freescale DDR controllers.
3246
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003247- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003248 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
3249 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06003250
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003251- CONFIG_RMII
3252 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
3253 Note that this is a global option, we can't
3254 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
3255
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003256- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
3257 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
3258 The syntax is:
3259
3260 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
3261
3262 Where address/count indicate a memory area
3263 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
3264 area should have.
3265
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003266- CONFIG_LOOPW
3267 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Simon Glass493f4202017-08-04 16:34:27 -06003268 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003269
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003270- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
3271 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
3272 "md/mw" commands.
3273 Examples:
3274
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003275 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003276 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
3277
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003278 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003279 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
3280
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003281 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Simon Glass493f4202017-08-04 16:34:27 -06003282 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003283
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003284- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Rick Chen3fafced2017-12-26 13:55:59 +08003285 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS, RISC-V only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003286 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
3287 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
3288 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003289
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003290 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
3291 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
3292 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
3293 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003294
Simon Glassb5bd0982016-05-05 07:28:06 -06003295- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT_ONLY
3296 [ARM926EJ-S only] This allows just the call to lowlevel_init()
yeongjun Kim90211f72016-07-20 22:56:12 +09003297 to be skipped. The normal CP15 init (such as enabling the
Simon Glassb5bd0982016-05-05 07:28:06 -06003298 instruction cache) is still performed.
3299
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00003300- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02003301 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3302 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
3303 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00003304
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003305- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
3306 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3307 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
3308 It is loaded by the SPL.
3309
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08003310- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
3311 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
3312 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
3313 previous 4k of the .text section.
3314
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00003315- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
3316 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
3317 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
3318 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
3319 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
3320 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
3321 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
3322 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
3323
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00003324- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
3325 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
3326 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00003327
Karicheri, Muralidharan999d7d32014-04-04 13:16:50 -04003328- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
3329 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
3330 driver that uses this:
Miquel Raynala430fa02018-08-16 17:30:07 +02003331 drivers/mtd/nand/raw/davinci_nand.c
Karicheri, Muralidharan999d7d32014-04-04 13:16:50 -04003332
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003333Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
3334-----------------------------------
3335
3336The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
3337loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
3338This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3339are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3340within that device.
3341
Zhao Qiangdcf1d772014-03-21 16:21:44 +08003342- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
3343 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
3344 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
3345 is also specified.
3346
3347- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
3348 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003349 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
3350 is also specified.
3351
3352- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
3353 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
3354 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
3355 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
3356 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
3357
3358- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
3359 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
3360 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
3361 virtual address in NOR flash.
3362
3363- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
3364 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
3365 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
3366
3367- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
3368 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
3369 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3370
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00003371- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
3372 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
3373 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003374 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
3375 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
3376 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003377
J. German Riverab940ca62014-06-23 15:15:55 -07003378Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
3379---------------------------------------------------------
3380The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
3381"firmware".
3382This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3383are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3384within that device.
3385
3386- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
3387 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
3388
Prabhakar Kushwaha5c055082015-06-02 10:55:52 +05303389Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support:
3390-------------------------------------------
3391The Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support supports the loading of
3392"Debug Server firmware" and triggering SP boot-rom.
3393This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting.
3394
York Sunc0492142015-12-07 11:08:58 -08003395- CONFIG_SYS_MC_RSV_MEM_ALIGN
3396 Define alignment of reserved memory MC requires
Prabhakar Kushwaha5c055082015-06-02 10:55:52 +05303397
Paul Kocialkowskif3f431a2015-07-26 18:48:15 +02003398Reproducible builds
3399-------------------
3400
3401In order to achieve reproducible builds, timestamps used in the U-Boot build
3402process have to be set to a fixed value.
3403
3404This is done using the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable.
3405SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is to be set on the build host's shell, not as a configuration
3406option for U-Boot or an environment variable in U-Boot.
3407
3408SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH should be set to a number of seconds since the epoch, in UTC.
3409
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003410Building the Software:
3411======================
3412
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003413Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
3414and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
3415all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
3416(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
3417recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
3418which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003419
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003420If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
3421have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
3422you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
3423Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
3424necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003425
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003426 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
3427 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003428
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05003429Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
3430 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
3431 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
3432 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
3433
3434 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
3435
3436 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
3437 be executed on computers running Windows.
3438
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003439U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
3440sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003441is done by typing:
3442
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003443 make NAME_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003444
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003445where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00003446rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00003447
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003448Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
3449 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
3450 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
3451 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003452 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003453
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003454 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003455 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003456
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003457 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003458 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003459
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003460 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003461
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003462
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003463Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
3464images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003465
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003466- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
3467- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
3468- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003469
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003470By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
3471in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
3472this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
3473
34741. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
3475
3476 make O=/tmp/build distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003477 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003478 make O=/tmp/build all
3479
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +020034802. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003481
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02003482 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003483 make distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003484 make NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003485 make all
3486
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02003487Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003488variable.
3489
Daniel Schwierzeck215bb1c2018-01-26 16:31:04 +01003490User specific CPPFLAGS, AFLAGS and CFLAGS can be passed to the compiler by
3491setting the according environment variables KCPPFLAGS, KAFLAGS and KCFLAGS.
3492For example to treat all compiler warnings as errors:
3493
3494 make KCFLAGS=-Werror
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003495
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003496Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
3497for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
3498native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003499
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003500
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003501If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
3502to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
3503steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003504
Phil Sutter3c1496c2015-12-25 14:41:18 +010035051. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003506 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
Phil Sutter3c1496c2015-12-25 14:41:18 +01003507 the "Makefile" and a "<board>.c".
35082. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
3509 your board.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000035103. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
3511 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +020035124. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000035135. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
3514 to be installed on your target system.
35156. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
3516 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003517
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003518
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003519Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
3520==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003521
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003522If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
3523or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003524provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
3525the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003526official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003527
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003528But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
3529cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003530the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06003531just run the buildman script (tools/buildman/buildman), which will
3532configure and build U-Boot for ALL supported system. Be warned, this
3533will take a while. Please see the buildman README, or run 'buildman -H'
3534for documentation.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003535
3536
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003537See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003538
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003539
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003540Monitor Commands - Overview:
3541============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003542
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003543go - start application at address 'addr'
3544run - run commands in an environment variable
3545bootm - boot application image from memory
3546bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00003547bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003548tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
3549 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
3550 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00003551tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003552rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
3553diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
3554loads - load S-Record file over serial line
3555loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
3556md - memory display
3557mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
3558nm - memory modify (constant address)
3559mw - memory write (fill)
3560cp - memory copy
3561cmp - memory compare
3562crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05003563i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003564sspi - SPI utility commands
3565base - print or set address offset
3566printenv- print environment variables
3567setenv - set environment variables
3568saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
3569protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
3570erase - erase FLASH memory
3571flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00003572nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003573bdinfo - print Board Info structure
3574iminfo - print header information for application image
3575coninfo - print console devices and informations
3576ide - IDE sub-system
3577loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003578loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003579mtest - simple RAM test
3580icache - enable or disable instruction cache
3581dcache - enable or disable data cache
3582reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
3583echo - echo args to console
3584version - print monitor version
3585help - print online help
3586? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003587
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003588
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003589Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
3590========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003591
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003592TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003593
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003594For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003595
3596
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003597Environment Variables:
3598======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003599
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003600U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
3601can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003602
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003603Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
3604"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
3605without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
3606environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
3607working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
3608environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003609
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003610Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
3611
3612List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003613
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003614 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003615
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003616 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003617
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003618 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003619
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003620 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003621
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003622 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003623
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003624 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3625 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3626 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
3627 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
3628 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
3629 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003630 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
3631 bootm_mapsize.
3632
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003633 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003634 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
3635 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
3636 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
3637 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
3638 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
3639 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003640
3641 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3642 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3643 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
3644 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
3645 environment variable.
3646
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02003647 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
3648 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
3649 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
3650
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003651 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
3652 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
3653 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
3654 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003655
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003656 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
3657 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
3658 be automatically started (by internally calling
3659 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003660
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003661 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
3662 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
3663 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
3664 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
3665 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003666
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003667 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
3668 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00003669 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
3670 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
3671 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
3672 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
3673 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
3674 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
3675 access it during the boot procedure.
3676
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003677 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
3678 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
3679 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
3680 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
3681 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
3682 must be accessible by the kernel.
3683
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00003684 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
3685 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
3686 defined.
3687
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00003688 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
3689 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
3690 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
3691 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
3692 it must be saved and board must be reset.
3693
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003694 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
3695 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
3696 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
3697 is usually what you want since it allows for
3698 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
3699 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003700 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003701 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
3702 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
3703 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
3704 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003705
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003706 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
3707 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
3708 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
3709 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
3710 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
3711 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003712
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003713 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003714
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003715 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
3716 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
3717 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
3718 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
3719 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
3720 boot time on your system, but requires that this
3721 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00003722
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003723 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003724
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003725 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
3726 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003727
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003728 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003729
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003730 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00003731
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003732 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003733
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003734 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003735
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003736 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003737
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003738 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003739
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003740 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
3741 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003742
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02003743 => setenv ethact FEC
3744 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
3745 => setenv ethact SCC
3746 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003747
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01003748 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
3749 available network interfaces.
3750 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
3751
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003752 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003753 either succeed or fail without retrying.
3754 When set to "once" the network operation will
3755 fail when all the available network interfaces
3756 are tried once without success.
3757 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
3758 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003759
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01003760 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01003761
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003762 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07003763 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
3764 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
3765 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
3766 is silent.
3767
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02003768 tftpsrcp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003769 UDP source port.
3770
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02003771 tftpdstp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003772 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
3773
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003774 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
3775 we use the TFTP server's default block size
3776
3777 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
3778 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
3779 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
3780 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
3781 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
3782 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
3783 with unreliable TFTP servers.
3784
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02003785 tftptimeoutcountmax - maximum count of TFTP timeouts (no
3786 unit, minimum value = 0). Defines how many timeouts
3787 can happen during a single file transfer before that
3788 transfer is aborted. The default is 10, and 0 means
3789 'no timeouts allowed'. Increasing this value may help
3790 downloads succeed with high packet loss rates, or with
3791 unreliable TFTP servers or client hardware.
3792
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003793 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003794 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003795 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003796
Alexandre Messier50768f52016-02-01 17:08:57 -05003797 bootpretryperiod - Period during which BOOTP/DHCP sends retries.
3798 Unsigned value, in milliseconds. If not set, the period will
3799 be either the default (28000), or a value based on
3800 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT, if defined. This value has
3801 precedence over the valu based on CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT.
3802
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003803The following image location variables contain the location of images
3804used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
3805not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
3806variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
3807server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
3808loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
3809flash or offset in NAND flash.
3810
3811*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
Fabio Estevamaed9fed2015-04-25 18:53:10 -03003812boards currently use other variables for these purposes, and some
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003813boards use these variables for other purposes.
3814
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003815Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
3816----- --------- ----------- --------------
3817u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
3818Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
3819device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
3820ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003821
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003822The following environment variables may be used and automatically
3823updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
3824depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003825
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003826 bootfile - see above
3827 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
3828 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
3829 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
3830 hostname - Target hostname
3831 ipaddr - see above
3832 netmask - Subnet Mask
3833 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
3834 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003835
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003836
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003837There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003838
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003839 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
3840 as type string and/or serial number
3841 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003842
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003843These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
3844the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
3845once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003846
3847
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003848Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003849
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003850 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
3851 with the "version" command. This variable is
3852 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003853
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003854
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003855Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
3856only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003857
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003858
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06003859Callback functions for environment variables:
3860---------------------------------------------
3861
3862For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003863when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06003864be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
3865deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
3866effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
3867
3868The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
3869U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
3870
3871These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
3872static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
3873in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
3874associations. The list must be in the following format:
3875
3876 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
3877 list = entry[,list]
3878
3879If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
3880Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
3881
3882Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
3883with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
3884override any association in the static list. You can define
3885CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003886".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06003887
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05003888If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
3889regular expression. This allows multiple variables to be connected to
3890the same callback without explicitly listing them all out.
3891
Heinrich Schuchardt1b040472018-07-29 11:08:14 +02003892The signature of the callback functions is:
3893
3894 int callback(const char *name, const char *value, enum env_op op, int flags)
3895
3896* name - changed environment variable
3897* value - new value of the environment variable
3898* op - operation (create, overwrite, or delete)
3899* flags - attributes of the environment variable change, see flags H_* in
3900 include/search.h
3901
3902The return value is 0 if the variable change is accepted and 1 otherwise.
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06003903
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003904Command Line Parsing:
3905=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003906
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003907There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
3908the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003909
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003910Old, simple command line parser:
3911--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003912
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003913- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
3914- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01003915- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003916- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
3917 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01003918 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003919- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
3920 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003921
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003922Hush shell:
3923-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003924
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003925- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
3926 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
3927 until...do...done, ...
3928- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
3929 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
3930 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
3931 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003932
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003933General rules:
3934--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003935
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003936(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
3937 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
3938 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
3939 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003940
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003941(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003942 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003943 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
3944 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003945
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003946Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
3947=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003948
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003949Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003950such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
3951"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003952
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003953Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
3954MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
3955"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003956
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003957If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
3958in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
3959ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
3960variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003961
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003962o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
3963 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003964
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003965o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
3966 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
3967 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003968
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003969o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
3970 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003971
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003972o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
3973 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
3974 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003975
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003976o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
Joe Hershbergerbef10142015-05-04 14:55:13 -05003977 is raised. If CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR is defined, then in this case
3978 a random, locally-assigned MAC is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003979
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07003980If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003981will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07003982may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
3983The naming convention is as follows:
3984"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003985
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003986Image Formats:
3987==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003988
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01003989U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
3990images in two formats:
3991
3992New uImage format (FIT)
3993-----------------------
3994
3995Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
3996to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
3997components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
3998SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
3999
4000
4001Old uImage format
4002-----------------
4003
4004Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
4005preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
4006details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004007
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004008* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
4009 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05004010 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
4011 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
4012 INTEGRITY).
Andy Shevchenkodaab59a2017-07-05 16:25:22 +03004013* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004014 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
Andy Shevchenkodaab59a2017-07-05 16:25:22 +03004015 Currently supported: ARM, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004016* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
4017* Load Address
4018* Entry Point
4019* Image Name
4020* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004021
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004022The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
4023and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
4024CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004025
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004026
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004027Linux Support:
4028==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004029
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004030Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
4031easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
4032U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004033
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004034U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
4035special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
4036"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
4037instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
4038serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004039
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004040- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
4041 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
4042 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004043
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004044- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
4045 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004046
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004047- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
4048 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
4049 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
4050 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
4051 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
4052 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004053
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004054
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004055Linux HOWTO:
4056============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004057
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004058Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4059---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004060
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004061U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4062configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4063(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4064Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004065
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004066But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004067
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004068Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4069include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004070Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4071and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004072as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004073
Simon Glass2eb31b12014-06-11 23:29:46 -06004074Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
4075If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
4076is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
4077doc/driver-model.
4078
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004079
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004080Configuring the Linux kernel:
4081-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004082
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004083No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4084device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004085
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004086
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004087Building a Linux Image:
4088-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004089
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004090With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4091not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4092"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4093U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4094which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4095100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004096
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004097Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004098
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004099 make TQM850L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004100 make oldconfig
4101 make dep
4102 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004103
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004104The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4105encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4106CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004107
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004108* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004109
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004110* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004111
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004112 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4113 -R .note -R .comment \
4114 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004115
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004116* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004117
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004118 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004119
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004120* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004121
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004122 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4123 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4124 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004125
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004126
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004127The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4128with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4129combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4130byte header containing information about target architecture,
4131operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4132stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004133
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004134"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4135print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004136
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004137In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4138contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4139checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004140
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004141 tools/mkimage -l image
4142 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004143
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004144The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4145from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004146
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004147 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4148 -n name -d data_file image
4149 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4150 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4151 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4152 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4153 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4154 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4155 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4156 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004157
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00004158Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4159address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4160kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004161
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004162- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4163- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004164
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004165So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004166
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004167 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4168 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004169 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004170 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4171 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4172 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4173 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4174 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4175 Load Address: 0x00000000
4176 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004177
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004178To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004179
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004180 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4181 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4182 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4183 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4184 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4185 Load Address: 0x00000000
4186 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004187
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004188NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
4189speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
4190needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
4191need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004192
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004193 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004194 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4195 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004196 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004197 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
4198 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4199 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4200 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
4201 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
4202 Load Address: 0x00000000
4203 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004204
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004205
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004206Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
4207when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004208
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004209 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
4210 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
4211 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
4212 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4213 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
4214 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4215 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
4216 Load Address: 0x00000000
4217 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004218
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07004219The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
4220option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
4221option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
4222from the image:
4223
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraf41f5b72015-01-15 02:54:40 -02004224 tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file
4225 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file'
4226 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4227 -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image'
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07004228
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004229
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004230Installing a Linux Image:
4231-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004232
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004233To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
4234you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004235
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004236 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004237
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004238The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
4239image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
4240address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
4241specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
4242command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004243
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004244Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
4245TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004246
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004247 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004248
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004249 .......... done
4250 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004251
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004252 => loads 40100000
4253 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4254 ~>examples/image.srec
4255 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
4256 ...
4257 15989 15990 15991 15992
4258 [file transfer complete]
4259 [connected]
4260 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004261
4262
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004263You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004264this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004265corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004266
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004267 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004268
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004269 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4270 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4271 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4272 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4273 Load Address: 00000000
4274 Entry Point: 0000000c
4275 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004276
4277
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004278Boot Linux:
4279-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004280
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004281The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
4282memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
4283of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
4284parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
4285"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004286
4287
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004288 => printenv bootargs
4289 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004290
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004291 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004292
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004293 => printenv bootargs
4294 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004295
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004296 => bootm 40020000
4297 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
4298 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
4299 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4300 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
4301 Load Address: 00000000
4302 Entry Point: 0000000c
4303 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4304 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4305 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
4306 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4307 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4308 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4309 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
4310 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004311
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004312If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004313the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
4314format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004315
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004316 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004317
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004318 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4319 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4320 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4321 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4322 Load Address: 00000000
4323 Entry Point: 0000000c
4324 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004325
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004326 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
4327 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4328 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4329 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4330 Load Address: 00000000
4331 Entry Point: 00000000
4332 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004333
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004334 => bootm 40100000 40200000
4335 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
4336 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4337 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4338 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4339 Load Address: 00000000
4340 Entry Point: 0000000c
4341 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4342 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4343 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
4344 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4345 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4346 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4347 Load Address: 00000000
4348 Entry Point: 00000000
4349 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4350 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
4351 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
4352 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
4353 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4354 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4355 ...
4356 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
4357 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004358
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004359 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004360
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004361Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
4362-----------
4363
4364First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
4365titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
4366following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
4367flat device tree:
4368
4369=> print oftaddr
4370oftaddr=0x300000
4371=> print oft
4372oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
4373=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
4374Speed: 1000, full duplex
4375Using TSEC0 device
4376TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
4377Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
4378Load address: 0x300000
4379Loading: #
4380done
4381Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
4382=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
4383Speed: 1000, full duplex
4384Using TSEC0 device
4385TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
4386Filename 'uImage'.
4387Load address: 0x200000
4388Loading:############
4389done
4390Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
4391=> print loadaddr
4392loadaddr=200000
4393=> print oftaddr
4394oftaddr=0x300000
4395=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
4396## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004397 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
4398 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4399 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004400 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004401 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004402 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4403 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4404Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
4405Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
4406Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
4407[snip]
4408
4409
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004410More About U-Boot Image Types:
4411------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004412
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004413U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004414
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004415 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
4416 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
4417 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
4418 the Standalone Program.
4419 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
4420 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
4421 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
4422 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
4423 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
4424 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
4425 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
4426 being started.
4427 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
4428 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
4429 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
4430 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
4431 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
4432 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004433
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004434 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
4435 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
4436 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
4437 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
4438 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
4439 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004440
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004441 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
4442 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
4443 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004444
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004445 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
4446 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
4447 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
4448 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004449
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004450Booting the Linux zImage:
4451-------------------------
4452
4453On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
4454using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
4455as the syntax of "bootm" command.
4456
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04004457Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00004458kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
4459address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
4460format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
4461
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004462
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004463Standalone HOWTO:
4464=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004465
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004466One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
4467run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
4468U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004469
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004470Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004471
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004472"Hello World" Demo:
4473-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004474
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004475'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
4476application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
4477It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
4478like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004479
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004480 => loads
4481 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4482 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
4483 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4484 [file transfer complete]
4485 [connected]
4486 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004487
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004488 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
4489 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4490 Hello World
4491 argc = 7
4492 argv[0] = "40004"
4493 argv[1] = "Hello"
4494 argv[2] = "World!"
4495 argv[3] = "This"
4496 argv[4] = "is"
4497 argv[5] = "a"
4498 argv[6] = "test."
4499 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
4500 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004501
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004502 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004503
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004504Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
4505handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
4506Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
4507The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
4508character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
4509controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004510
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004511 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
4512 b - enable interrupts and start timer
4513 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
4514 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004515
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004516 => loads
4517 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4518 ~>examples/timer.srec
4519 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4520 [file transfer complete]
4521 [connected]
4522 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004523
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004524 => go 40004
4525 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4526 TIMERS=0xfff00980
4527 Using timer 1
4528 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004529
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004530Hit 'b':
4531 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
4532 Enabling timer
4533Hit '?':
4534 [q, b, e, ?] ........
4535 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
4536Hit '?':
4537 [q, b, e, ?] .
4538 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
4539Hit '?':
4540 [q, b, e, ?] .
4541 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
4542Hit '?':
4543 [q, b, e, ?] .
4544 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
4545Hit 'e':
4546 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
4547Hit 'q':
4548 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004549
4550
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004551Minicom warning:
4552================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004553
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004554Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
4555"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
4556consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
4557Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
4558especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00004559use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
4560http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
4561for help with kermit.
4562
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004563
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004564Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
4565configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004566
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004567 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
4568 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
4569 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004570
4571
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004572NetBSD Notes:
4573=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004574
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004575Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
4576(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004577
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004578Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
4579NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
4580need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
4581Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
4582attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
4583missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004584
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004585 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
4586 # mkdir powerpc
4587 # ln -s powerpc machine
4588 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
4589 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004590
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004591Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
4592and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004593
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004594Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
4595stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
4596proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
4597tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00004598meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004599
4600
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004601Implementation Internals:
4602=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004603
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004604The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
4605implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
4606inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
4607hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004608
4609
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004610Initial Stack, Global Data:
4611---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004612
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004613The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
4614starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
4615system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
4616This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
4617is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
4618at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
4619options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
4620models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
4621MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
4622locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004623
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004624 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004625 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004626
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004627 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
4628 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
4629 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
4630 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004631
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004632 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
4633 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
4634 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
4635 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
4636 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004637 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004638 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
4639 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004640
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004641 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
4642 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004643 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004644 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
4645 board designers haven't used it for something that would
4646 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
4647 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004648
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004649 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004650 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
4651 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02004652 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004653 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
4654 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
4655 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
4656 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
4657 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004658
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004659 -Chris Hallinan
4660 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004661
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004662It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
4663code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004664
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004665* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
4666 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004667
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004668* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004669 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
4670 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004671
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004672* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
4673 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004674
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004675Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004676normal global data to share information between the code. But it
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004677turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
4678simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
4679functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
4680functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
4681the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
4682place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
4683reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004684
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004685When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
4686relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
4687GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004688
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004689For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
4690 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004691 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004692 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
4693 R5-R10: parameter passing
4694 R13: small data area pointer
4695 R30: GOT pointer
4696 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004697
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01004698 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
4699 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
4700 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004701
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004702 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004703
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004704 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
4705 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
4706 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
4707 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
4708 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
4709 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004710
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004711On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004712
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004713 R0: function argument word/integer result
4714 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02004715 R9: platform specific
4716 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004717 R11: argument (frame) pointer
4718 R12: temporary workspace
4719 R13: stack pointer
4720 R14: link register
4721 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004722
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02004723 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
4724
4725 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004726
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08004727On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
4728 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
4729
4730 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
4731
4732 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
4733 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
4734
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004735On NDS32, the following registers are used:
4736
4737 R0-R1: argument/return
4738 R2-R5: argument
4739 R15: temporary register for assembler
4740 R16: trampoline register
4741 R28: frame pointer (FP)
4742 R29: global pointer (GP)
4743 R30: link register (LP)
4744 R31: stack pointer (SP)
4745 PC: program counter (PC)
4746
4747 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
4748
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02004749NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
4750or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004751
Rick Chen3fafced2017-12-26 13:55:59 +08004752On RISC-V, the following registers are used:
4753
4754 x0: hard-wired zero (zero)
4755 x1: return address (ra)
4756 x2: stack pointer (sp)
4757 x3: global pointer (gp)
4758 x4: thread pointer (tp)
4759 x5: link register (t0)
4760 x8: frame pointer (fp)
4761 x10-x11: arguments/return values (a0-1)
4762 x12-x17: arguments (a2-7)
4763 x28-31: temporaries (t3-6)
4764 pc: program counter (pc)
4765
4766 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
4767
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004768Memory Management:
4769------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004770
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004771U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
4772MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004773
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004774The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
4775controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
4776memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
4777physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004778
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004779U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
4780TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
4781booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
4782to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004783memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004784configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
4785Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004786
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004787Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
4788of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004789
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004790So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
4791this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004792
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004793 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
4794 :
4795 0x0000 1FFF
4796 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
4797 :
4798 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004799
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004800 :
4801 :
4802 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
4803 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
4804 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
4805 :
4806 0x00FD FFFF
4807 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
4808 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
4809 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
4810 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004811
4812
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004813System Initialization:
4814----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004815
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004816In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004817(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004818configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004819To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
4820To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
4821initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
Heiko Schocher2eb48ff2017-06-07 17:33:10 +02004822which provide such a feature like), or in a locked part of the data
4823cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core, the caches and
4824the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004825
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004826Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
4827preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
4828(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
4829on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
4830programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
4831simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
4832banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004833
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004834When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
4835different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
4836bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
48370x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
4838contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004839
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004840Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
4841and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
4842Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
4843pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004844
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004845Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
4846until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
4847running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
4848new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004849
4850
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004851U-Boot Porting Guide:
4852----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004853
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004854[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
4855list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004856
4857
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004858int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004859{
4860 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004861
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004862 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
4863 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004864
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004865 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004866 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004867 return 0;
4868 }
4869
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004870 Download latest U-Boot source;
4871
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004872 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004873
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004874 if (clueless)
4875 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004876
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004877 while (learning) {
4878 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004879 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
4880 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004881 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004882 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004883 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004884
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004885 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
4886 Buy a BDI3000;
4887 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004888 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004889
4890 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
4891 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
4892 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
4893 } else {
4894 Create your own board support subdirectory;
4895 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004896 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004897 Edit new board/<myboard> files
4898 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004899
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004900 while (!accepted) {
4901 while (!running) {
4902 do {
4903 Add / modify source code;
4904 } until (compiles);
4905 Debug;
4906 if (clueless)
4907 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
4908 }
4909 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
4910 if (reasonable critiques)
4911 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
4912 else
4913 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004914 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004915
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004916 return 0;
4917}
4918
4919void no_more_time (int sig)
4920{
4921 hire_a_guru();
4922}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004923
4924
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004925Coding Standards:
4926-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004927
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004928All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Baruch Siach659208d2017-12-10 17:34:35 +02004929coding style; see the kernel coding style guide at
4930https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/process/coding-style.html, and the
4931script "scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004932
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02004933Source files originating from a different project (for example the
4934MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004935reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02004936sources.
4937
4938Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
4939Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
4940in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004941
4942Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
4943- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004944- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004945- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004946- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004947- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
4948
4949Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
4950with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004951
4952
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004953Submitting Patches:
4954-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004955
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004956Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
4957establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
4958may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004959
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02004960Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004961
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004962Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
S. Lockwood-Childs1dade182017-11-14 22:56:42 -08004963see https://lists.denx.de/listinfo/u-boot
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004964
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004965When you send a patch, please include the following information with
4966it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004967
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004968* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
4969 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
4970 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004971
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004972* For new features: a description of the feature and your
4973 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004974
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004975* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
4976
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -05004977* For major contributions, add a MAINTAINERS file with your
4978 information and associated file and directory references.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004979
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02004980* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
4981 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004982
4983* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
4984 document these in the README file.
4985
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004986* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
4987 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004988 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004989 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
4990 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004991
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004992 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
4993 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
4994 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004995
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004996 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
4997 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
4998 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
4999 affected files).
5000
5001 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
5002 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005003
5004* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
5005 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
5006
5007* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
5008 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
5009
5010
5011Notes:
5012
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06005013* Before sending the patch, run the buildman script on your patched
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005014 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
5015 for any of the boards.
5016
5017* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
5018 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
5019 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
5020
5021* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
5022 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
5023 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
5024 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
5025 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
5026 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00005027
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005028* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
5029 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
5030 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
5031 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.